blob: cf82809cf2a1e2fd966ee01769b6dc66b3bed176 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000029using namespace clang;
30
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000031
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000032/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
33/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
34///
35/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
36/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
37/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
38/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
39/// function is being used.
40///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000041/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
42/// decls.
43///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000044/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
45/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000046///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000047bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000048 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000049 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 }
52
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000053 // See if the decl is unavailable
54 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
55 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
56 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
57 }
58
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000059 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000060 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000061 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
62 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
63 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
64 return true;
65 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000066 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000067
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069}
70
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000071/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000072/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000073/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
74///
75void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000076 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000077 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000078 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000079 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
81 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000082
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000083 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
84 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000085 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000086 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
87 int isMethod = 0;
88 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
89 // skip over named parameters.
90 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
91 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
92 if (nullPos)
93 --nullPos;
94 else
95 ++i;
96 }
97 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
98 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +000099 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000100 // skip over named parameters.
101 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
102 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
103 if (nullPos)
104 --nullPos;
105 else
106 ++i;
107 }
108 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000109 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000110 // block or function pointer call.
111 QualType Ty = V->getType();
112 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000114 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
115 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000116 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
117 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
118 unsigned k;
119 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
120 if (nullPos)
121 --nullPos;
122 else
123 ++i;
124 }
125 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
126 }
127 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
128 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000131 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000132 return;
133
134 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000135 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000136 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000137 return;
138 }
139 int sentinel = i;
140 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
141 --sentinelPos;
142 ++i;
143 }
144 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
145 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000146 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000147 return;
148 }
149 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
150 ++i;
151 ++sentinel;
152 }
153 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
154 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000155 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
156 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000157 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000158 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 }
160 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000161}
162
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000163SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
164 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
165 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
166}
167
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000168//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
169// Standard Promotions and Conversions
170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
173void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
174 QualType Ty = E->getType();
175 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
176
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000177 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000178 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000179 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000180 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
181 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
182 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
183 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
184 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
185 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
186 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000187 //
188 // C++ 4.2p1:
189 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
190 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
191 //
192 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
193 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000194 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
195 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000196 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197}
198
199/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000200/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
202/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
203/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
204Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
205 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
206 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000207
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000208 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
209 //
210 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
211 // unsigned int may be used:
212 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
213 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
214 // and unsigned int.
215 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
216 //
217 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
218 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
219 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
220 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000221 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
222 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000223 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000224 return Expr;
225 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000226 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000227 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000228 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000230 }
231
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000232 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000233 return Expr;
234}
235
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000236/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000237/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
239void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
240 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
241 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000242
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000243 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000244 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000246 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
247 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000248
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000249 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
250}
251
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000252/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
253/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
254/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
255/// completely illegal.
256bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000257 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000259 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
260 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
261 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
262 << Expr->getType() << CT;
263 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000264 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000265
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000266 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
267 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
268 << Expr->getType() << CT;
269
270 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000271}
272
273
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
275/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000276/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000277/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
278/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
279/// GCC.
280QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
281 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000282 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000283 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284
285 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000286
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000288 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000289 QualType lhs =
290 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000291 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000292 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000293
294 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
295 if (lhs == rhs)
296 return lhs;
297
298 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
299 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
300 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
301 return lhs;
302
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000303 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000304 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
306 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000307 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000308 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
309 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
310
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000311 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000312 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000313 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
314 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000315 return destType;
316}
317
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000318//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
319// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321
322
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000323/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000324/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
325/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
326/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
327/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000328///
329Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000330Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000331 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
332
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000333 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000334 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000335 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000336
337 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
338 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
339 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000340
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000341 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000342 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000344
345 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
346 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
347 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000348
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000349 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
350 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
351 // strings.
352 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000353 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000354 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000355
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000356 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000358 Literal.GetStringLength(),
359 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
360 &StringTokLocs[0],
361 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000362}
363
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000364/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
365/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
366/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
367/// for values inside the block or for globals).
368///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000369/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
370/// up-to-date.
371///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000372static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
373 ValueDecl *VD) {
374 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
375 // we wanted to.
376 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
377 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000378
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000379 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
380 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
381 return false;
382
383 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
384 // snapshot it.
385 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
386 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000387 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
388 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000390 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
391 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
392
393 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
394 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
395 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
396 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
397 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
398 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
399 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
400 // having a reference outside it.
401 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
402 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000404 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
405 // a snapshot as well.
406 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
407 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000409 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410}
411
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000412
413
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000414/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000415Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000416Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
417 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
418 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000419 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
420 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 << D->getDeclName();
423 return ExprError();
424 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000425
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000426 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
427 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
428 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
429 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000431 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000432 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000433 << D->getIdentifier();
434 return ExprError();
435 }
436 }
437 }
438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000440 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000442 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
443 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
444 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
445 D, Loc,
446 Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
453 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000454 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000455 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000457 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
458 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
459 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000478/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
479/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
480/// actual member.
481///
482/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
483/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
484/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
485/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
486/// we found.
487///
488/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
489/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
490/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
491VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
492 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000493 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
494 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
495 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
496
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000497 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000498 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
499 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
500 do {
501 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000502 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000504 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 else {
506 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
507 break;
508 }
509 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000510 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000511 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000512
513 return BaseObject;
514}
515
516Sema::OwningExprResult
517Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
518 FieldDecl *Field,
519 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
520 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
521 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000522 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000523 AnonFields);
524
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000525 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
526 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
527 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
528 // found via name lookup.
529 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000530 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000531 if (BaseObject) {
532 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
533 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000534 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000535 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000536 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000537 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000538 BaseQuals
539 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
541 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
542 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
543 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
544 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000545 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000546 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
547 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
548 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000549 BaseQuals
550 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 } else {
552 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
553 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
554 // program our base object expression is "this".
555 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
556 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000557 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000558 = Context.getTagDeclType(
559 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
560 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000561 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
563 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
564 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000567 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
568 }
569 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000570 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
571 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000572 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000573 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
575
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000576 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000577 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
578 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
581 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
582 // anonymous struct/union.
583 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000584 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000585 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
586 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
587 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
588 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
590 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
591
592 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
593 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
594 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
595 ResultQuals.removeConst();
596
597 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
598 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
599
600 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
601 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
602
603 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
604 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
605 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
606
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000607 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000608 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000609 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
610 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000611 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000612 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 }
614
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616}
617
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000618Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
619 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
620 UnqualifiedId &Name,
621 bool HasTrailingLParen,
622 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
623 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
624 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
625 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000626 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
627 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
628 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
629 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
630 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
631 TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000632 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
633 }
634
635 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
636 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
637 // ActOnIdExpression.
638 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
639 Name.StartLocation,
640 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
641 HasTrailingLParen,
642 &SS,
643 IsAddressOfOperand);
644}
645
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000646/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
647/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
648/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
649/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
650/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000651/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
652/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000653///
654/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
655/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
656/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
657/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000658///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000659/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
660/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
661/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
662/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000663Sema::OwningExprResult
664Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
665 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000666 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000667 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000668 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000669 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
670 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000671
672 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
673 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
674 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
675 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000676 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000677 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000678 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000679 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000680 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
681 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000682 }
683
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000684 LookupResult Lookup(*this, Name, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
685 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, true);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000686
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000687 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000688 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000689
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000690 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000691
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000692 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
693 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000694 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
695 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000696 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
697 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000698 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
699 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000700 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000701 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000702 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000703 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000704 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000705 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000706 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
707 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000708
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000709 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
710 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
711 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
712 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000713
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000714 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
715 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
716 // an error.
717 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
718 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
719 << IV->getDeclName());
720 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
721 // same name exists, use the global.
722 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000723 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
724 ClassDeclared != IFace)
725 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000726 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
727 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000728 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000729 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
730 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
731 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
732 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
733 SelfName, false, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000734 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000735 return Owned(new (Context)
736 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000737 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000738 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000739 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000740 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000741 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
742 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000743 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000744 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000745 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
746 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000747 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000748 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000749 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000750 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000751 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000752 QualType T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000753
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000754 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000755 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
756 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000757 else
758 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000759 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000760 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000761 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000762
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000763 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
764 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000765 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000766 HasTrailingLParen;
767
768 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000769 // We've seen something of the form
770 //
771 // identifier(
772 //
773 // and we did not find any entity by the name
774 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
775 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
776 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
777 Context.OverloadTy,
778 Loc));
779 }
780
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000781 if (D == 0) {
782 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
783 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000784 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000785 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000786 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000787 else {
788 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
789 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000790 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
791 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
792 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
793 << SS->getRange());
794 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000795 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000796 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
797 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000798 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000799 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000800 }
801 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000802
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000803 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
804 // Warn about constructs like:
805 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
806 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000808 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
809 // information to check this property.
810 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
811 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000812 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000813 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000814 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000815 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
816 << Var->getDeclName()
817 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
818 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000819 break;
820 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000821
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000822 // Move to the parent of this scope.
823 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000824 }
825 }
826 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
827 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
828 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
829 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
830 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
831 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
832 // type.
833 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
834 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000835
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000836 QualType T = Func->getType();
837 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000838 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
840 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
841 }
842 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000843
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000844 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
845}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000846/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000847bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000848Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
849 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000850 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000851 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000852 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000853 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000854 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
855 return false;
856 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
857 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000858 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000859 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
860 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000861 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000862 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
863 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
864 DestRecordType,
865 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
866 From->getSourceRange()))
867 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000868 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
869 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000870 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000871 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000872}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000873
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000874/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000875static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
876 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000877 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
878 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000879 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000880 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000881 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000882 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
883 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
884 Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000885
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000886 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
887}
888
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000889/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
890Sema::OwningExprResult
891Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
892 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000893 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000894 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
895 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
896 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000897
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000898 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
899 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
900 // not any specific instance's member.
901 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000902 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000903 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000904 QualType DType;
905 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
906 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
907 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
908 DType = Method->getType();
909 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
910 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
911 }
912 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
913 if (!DType.isNull()) {
914 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
915 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000916 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000917 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000918 }
919 }
920 }
921
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000922 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
923 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000924 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000925 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
926 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
927 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000928
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000929 // Cope with an implicit member access in a C++ non-static member function.
930 QualType ThisType, MemberType;
931 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
932 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
933 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
934 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
935 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000936
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000937 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
938 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
939 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
940 // explicitly qualified.
941 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
942 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000943 }
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000944
945 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
946 return ExprError();
947 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
948 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000949 }
950
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000951 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000952 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
953 if (MD->isStatic())
954 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000955 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
956 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000957 }
958
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000959 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
960 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
961 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000962 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
963 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000964 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000965
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000966 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000968 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000969 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000970 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000971 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000972
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000973 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000974 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000975 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
976 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000977 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000978 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
979 false, false, SS);
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000980 else if (UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000981 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
982 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000983 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
984
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000985 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000986
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000987 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
988 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
989 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
990 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000991 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000992 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000993 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
994 return ExprError();
995
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000996 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
997 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000998 return ExprError();
999
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001000 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1001 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1002 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1003 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001004 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001005 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1006 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1007 //
1008 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001009 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001010 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001011 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001012 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001013 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001014 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1015 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001016 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001017
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001018 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001019 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001020 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001021 }
1022 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1023 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001024
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001025 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001026 bool ValueDependent = false;
1027 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1028 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001029 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001030 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1031 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1032 TypeDependent = true;
1033 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1034 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1035 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1036 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1037 TypeDependent = true;
1038 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1039 // names a dependent type.
1040 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001041 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001042 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1043 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001044 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001045 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1046 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1047 TypeDependent = true;
1048 break;
1049 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001050 }
1051 }
1052 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001053
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001054 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1055 //
1056 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1057 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1058 if (TypeDependent)
1059 ValueDependent = true;
1060 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1061 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1062 ValueDependent = true;
1063 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1064 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001065 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Mike Stumpfbf68702009-11-03 22:20:01 +00001066 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Dcl->getType()).getCVRQualifiers()
1067 == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001068 Dcl->getInit()) {
1069 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1070 }
1071 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001072 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001073
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001074 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1075 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001076}
1077
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001078Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1079 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001080 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001081
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001082 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001083 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001084 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1085 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1086 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001087 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001088
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001089 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1090 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001091
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001092 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1093 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001094 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001095 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001096 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001097
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001098 QualType ResTy;
1099 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1100 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1101 } else {
1102 unsigned Length =
1103 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001104
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001105 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001106 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001107 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1108 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001109 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001110}
1111
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001112Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001113 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1114 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1115 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1116 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001117
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001118 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1119 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1120 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001121 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001122
1123 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1124
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001125 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1126 Literal.isWide(),
1127 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001128}
1129
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001130Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1131 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001132 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1133 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001134 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001135 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001136 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001137 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001138 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001139
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001140 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001141 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1142 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001143 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001144
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001145 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1146 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001148 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001149 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1150 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001151 return ExprError();
1152
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001153 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001154
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001155 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001156 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001157 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001158 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001159 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001160 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001161 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001162 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001163
1164 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1165
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001166 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1167 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001168 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1169 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001170
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001171 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001172 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001173 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001174 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001175
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001176 // long long is a C99 feature.
1177 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001178 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001179 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1180
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001181 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001182 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001183
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001184 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1185 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1186 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001187 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1188 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001189 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001190 } else {
1191 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1192 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001193
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001194 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1195 // be an unsigned int.
1196 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1197
1198 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001199 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001200 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1201 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001202 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001203
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001204 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1205 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1206 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1207 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001208 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001209 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001210 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001211 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001212 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001213 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001214
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001215 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001216 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001217 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001219 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1220 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1221 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1222 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001223 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001224 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001225 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001226 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001227 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001228 }
1229
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001230 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001231 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001232 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001234 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1235 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1236 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1237 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001238 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001239 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001240 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001241 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001242 }
1243 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001244
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001245 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1246 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001247 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001248 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001249 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001250 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001251 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001252
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001253 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1254 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001255 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001256 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001257 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001258
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001259 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1260 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001261 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001262 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001263
1264 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001265}
1266
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001267Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1268 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001269 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001270 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001271 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001272}
1273
1274/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1275/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001276bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001277 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1278 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1279 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001280 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1281 return false;
1282
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001283 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001284 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001285 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001286 if (isSizeof)
1287 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1288 return false;
1289 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001290
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001291 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001292 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001293 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1294 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001295 return false;
1296 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001297
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001298 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001299 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001300 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1301 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001302 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001303
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001304 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001305 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001306 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001307 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1308 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001309 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001310
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001311 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001312}
1313
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001314bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1315 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1316 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001317
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001318 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001319 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1320 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001321
1322 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1323 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1324 return false;
1325
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001326 if (E->getBitField()) {
1327 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1328 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001329 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001330
1331 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1332 // bit-field.
1333 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001334 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001335 return false;
1336
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001337 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1338}
1339
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001340/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001341Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001342Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1343 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001344 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001345 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001346 return ExprError();
1347
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001348 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1349
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001350 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1351 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1352 return ExprError();
1353
1354 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001355 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001356 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1357 R.getEnd()));
1358}
1359
1360/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1361/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001362Action::OwningExprResult
1363Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001364 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1365 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1366 bool isInvalid = false;
1367 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1368 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1369 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1370 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001371 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001372 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1373 isInvalid = true;
1374 } else {
1375 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1376 }
1377
1378 if (isInvalid)
1379 return ExprError();
1380
1381 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1382 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1383 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1384 R.getEnd()));
1385}
1386
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001387/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1388/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1389/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001390Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001391Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1392 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001393 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001394 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001395
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001396 if (isType) {
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001397 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1398 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1399 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001400 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001401
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001402 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1403 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1404 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1405
1406 if (Result.isInvalid())
1407 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1408
1409 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001410}
1411
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001412QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001413 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1414 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001415
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001416 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001417 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001418 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001419
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001420 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1421 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1422 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001424 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001425 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1426 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001427 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001428}
1429
1430
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001431
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001432Action::OwningExprResult
1433Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1434 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001435 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1436 switch (Kind) {
1437 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1438 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1439 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1440 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001441
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001442 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001443}
1444
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001445Action::OwningExprResult
1446Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1447 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001448 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1449 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1450
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001451 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1452 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001453
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001454 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001455 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1456 Base.release();
1457 Idx.release();
1458 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1459 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1460 }
1461
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001462 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001463 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001464 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1465 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1466 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001467 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001468 }
1469
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001470 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1471}
1472
1473
1474Action::OwningExprResult
1475Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1476 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1477 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1478 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1479
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001480 // Perform default conversions.
1481 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1482 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001483
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001484 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001485
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001486 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001487 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001488 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001489 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001490 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1491 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001492 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1493 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1494 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1495 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001496 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001497 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1498 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001499 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001500 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001501 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001502 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1503 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001504 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001506 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001507 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1508 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1509 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001510 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001511 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001512 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1513 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1514 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1515 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001516 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001517 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001518 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001519
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001520 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1521 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001522 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1523 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1524 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1525 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1526 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1527 // force the promotion here.
1528 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1529 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001530 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1531 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001532 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1533
1534 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1535 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001536 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001537 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1538 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1539 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1540 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001541 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1542 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001543 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1544
1545 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1546 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001547 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001548 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001549 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1550 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001552 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001553 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1554 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001555 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1556 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001557
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001558 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001559 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1560 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001561 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1562
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001563 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001564 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1565 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001566 // incomplete types are not object types.
1567 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1568 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1569 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1570 return ExprError();
1571 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001572
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001573 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001574 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001575 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1576 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001577 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001578
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001579 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1580 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1581 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1582 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1583 return ExprError();
1584 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001585
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001586 Base.release();
1587 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001588 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001589 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001590}
1591
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001592QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001593CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001594 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001595 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001596 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1597 // see FIXME there.
1598 //
1599 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1600 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001601 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001602
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001603 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001604 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001605
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001606 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001607 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1608 // to be selected.
1609 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001610
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001611 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1612 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001613 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001614
1615 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1616 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001617 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001618 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1619 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001620 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001621 do
1622 compStr++;
1623 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001624 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001625 do
1626 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001627 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001628 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001629
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001630 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001631 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1632 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001633 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1634 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001635 return QualType();
1636 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001637
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001638 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1639 // operates on.
1640 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001641 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001642
1643 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001644 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001645
1646 while (*compStr) {
1647 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1648 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1649 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1650 return QualType();
1651 }
1652 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001653 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001654
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001655 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1656 // number of elements.
1657 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001658 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001659 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001660 return QualType();
1661 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001662
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001663 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001664 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001665 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001666 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001667 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001668 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001669 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001670 if (HexSwizzle)
1671 CompSize--;
1672
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001673 if (CompSize == 1)
1674 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001675
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001676 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001677 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001678 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1679 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1680 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1681 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001682 }
1683 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001684}
1685
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001686static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001687 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001688 const Selector &Sel,
1689 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001690
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001691 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001692 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001693 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001694 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001695
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001696 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1697 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001698 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001699 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001700 return D;
1701 }
1702 return 0;
1703}
1704
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001705static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001706 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001707 const Selector &Sel,
1708 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001709 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1710 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001711 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001712 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001713 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001714 GDecl = PD;
1715 break;
1716 }
1717 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001718 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001719 GDecl = OMD;
1720 break;
1721 }
1722 }
1723 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001724 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001725 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1726 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001727 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001728 if (GDecl)
1729 return GDecl;
1730 }
1731 }
1732 return GDecl;
1733}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001734
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001735Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001736Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001737 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001738 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001739 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1740 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001741 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001742 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1743 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001744 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1745 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001746 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1747 return ExprError();
1748
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001749 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1750 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1751
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001752 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001753 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001754
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001755 // Perform default conversions.
1756 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001757
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001758 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001759
1760 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1761 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1762 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1763 // call, and continue on.
1764 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1765 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1766 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1767 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1768 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1769 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1770 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1771 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1772 ->isRecordType()))) {
1773 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1774 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1775 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1776 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1777
1778 OwningExprResult NewBase
1779 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1780 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1781 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1782 return move(NewBase);
1783
1784 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1785 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1786 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1787 }
1788 }
1789 }
1790
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001791 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1792 // use that.
1793 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1794 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1795 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1796 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1797 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001798 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001799 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001800 }
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001801 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001802
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001803 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1804 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1805 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1806 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1807 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1808 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1809 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1810 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1811 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1812 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1813 // Check the use of this method.
1814 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1815 return ExprError();
1816 }
1817 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1818 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1819 Selector SetterSel =
1820 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1821 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1822 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1823 if (!Setter) {
1824 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1825 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001826 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001827 }
1828 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1829 if (!Setter)
1830 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1831
1832 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1833 return ExprError();
1834
1835 if (Getter || Setter) {
1836 QualType PType;
1837
1838 if (Getter)
1839 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1840 else
1841 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1842 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1843 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1844 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1845 PType,
1846 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1847 }
1848 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1849 << MemberName << BaseType);
1850 }
1851 }
1852
1853 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1854 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1855 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001856 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001857 }
1858
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001859 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1860 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001861 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001862 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1863 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1864 if (SS) {
1865 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1866 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1867 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1868 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001869
1870 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001871 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001872 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001873 FirstQualifierInScope,
1874 MemberName,
1875 MemberLoc,
1876 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1877 LAngleLoc,
1878 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1879 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1880 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001881 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001882 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001883 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001884 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1885 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001886 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001887 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1888 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1889 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001890 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001891 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001892 // (so we'll report an error for)
1893 // T* t;
1894 // t.f;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001895 //
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001896 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1897 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1898 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001899 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001900
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001901 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001902 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1903 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1904 if (SS) {
1905 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1906 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1907 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1908 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001909
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001910 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001911 BaseExpr, false,
1912 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001913 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001914 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001915 FirstQualifierInScope,
1916 MemberName,
1917 MemberLoc,
1918 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1919 LAngleLoc,
1920 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1921 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1922 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001923 }
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001924 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001925
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001926 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1927 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001928 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001929 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001930 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001931 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
1932 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001933 return ExprError();
1934
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001935 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
1936 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1937 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
1938 // nested-name-specifier.
1939 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor8d1c9ae2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00001940
1941 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
1942 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
1943 << DC << SS->getRange();
1944 return ExprError();
1945 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946
1947 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001948 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
1949 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
1950 }
1951
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001952 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001953 LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName);
1954 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001955
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001956 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00001957 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
1958 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001959 if (Result.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001960 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001961
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001962 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
1963
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001964 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001965 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001966 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001967 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001968 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001969 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001970
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001971 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
1972 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
1973 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
1974 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
1975 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
1976 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001978 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1979 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1980 // error cases.
1981 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1982 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001983
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00001984 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
1985 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
1986 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
1987 // explicitly qualified.
1988 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
1989 ShouldCheckUse = false;
1990 }
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001991
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001992 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00001993 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001994 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001995
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001996 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001997 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1998 // (C++ [class.union]).
1999 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002000 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002001 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002002
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002003 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002004 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002005 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002006 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2007 else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002008 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2009 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2010 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2011
2012 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2013 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2014
2015 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2016 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2017 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002018 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002019
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002020 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002021 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2022 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002024 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002025 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002027 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2028 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002029 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2030 Var, MemberLoc,
2031 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002032 }
2033 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2034 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002035 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2036 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2037 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002038 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002039 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002040 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2041 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002042
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002043 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002044 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2045 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002046 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002047 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2048 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2049 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002050 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002051
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002052 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2053 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2054 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002055 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002056 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002057 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2058 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002059 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2060 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002061 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002062 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2063 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2064 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002065 Context.OverloadTy));
2066
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002067 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2068 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002069 }
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002070 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2071 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002072 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2073 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002074 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002075 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002076 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002077 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002078
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002079 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2080 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2081 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002082 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2083 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002084 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002085 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002086
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002087 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2088 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2089 // pseudo-destructor.
2090 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2091 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002092 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2093 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002094 // type.
2095 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2096 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2097 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002098
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002099 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2100 // same as the object type.
2101 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2102 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2103 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2104 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2105 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002106
2107 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002108 // the form
2109 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002110 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2111 //
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002112 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2113 //
2114 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2115 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002117 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2118 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2119 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002120 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002121 OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002122 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002123 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2124 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2125 MemberLoc));
2126 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002127
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002128 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2129 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002130 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2131 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002132 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002133 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002134 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002135 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002136 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2137
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002138 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2139 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002140 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002141
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002142 if (IV) {
2143 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2144 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2145 // error cases.
2146 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2147 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002148
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002149 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2150 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2151 return ExprError();
2152 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2153 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2154 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2155 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2156 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2157 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2158 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2159 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2160 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2161 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2162 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2163 // AST for a function decl.
2164 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002165 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002166 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2167 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2168 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2169 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2170 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2171 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002172
2173 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2174 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002175 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002177 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002178 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2179 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002180 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002181 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002182 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002183
2184 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2185 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2186 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002187 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002188 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002189 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002190 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002191 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002192 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002193 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002194 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002195 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002196 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002197 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002198
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002199 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002200 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002201 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2202 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2203 // Check the use of this declaration
2204 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2205 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002206
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002207 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2208 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2209 }
2210 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2211 // Check the use of this method.
2212 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2213 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002214
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002215 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216 OMD->getResultType(),
2217 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002218 NULL, 0));
2219 }
2220 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002221
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002222 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002223 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002224 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002225 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2226 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002227 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002228 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002229 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2230 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2231 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002232 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002233
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002234 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002235 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002236 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2237 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2238 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002239 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002240 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002241 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002242 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2243 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002244 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002245 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2246 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002247 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002248 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2249 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002250 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002251 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2252 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2253 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002254
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002255 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002256 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2257 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002258 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2259 // selector is implemented.
2260
2261 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2262 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2263
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002264 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002265 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002266
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002267 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2268 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002269 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002270
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002271 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002272 if (!Getter)
2273 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002274 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002275 // Check if we can reference this property.
2276 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2277 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002278 }
2279 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2280 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002281 Selector SetterSel =
2282 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002283 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002284 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002285 if (!Setter) {
2286 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2287 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002288 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002289 }
2290 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002291 if (!Setter)
2292 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002293
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002294 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2295 return ExprError();
2296
2297 if (Getter || Setter) {
2298 QualType PType;
2299
2300 if (Getter)
2301 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002302 else
2303 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2304 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002305 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002306 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002307 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2308 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002309 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002310 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002311 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002313 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002314 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002315 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002316 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002317 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2318 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2319
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002320 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002321 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002322 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002323 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2324 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002325 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002326 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002327 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002328 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002329
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002330 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2331 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2332
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002333 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002334}
2335
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002336Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2337 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2338 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2339 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2340 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2341 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2342 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2343 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2344 TemplateName Template
2345 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2346
2347 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2348 // twice!
2349 DeclarationName Name;
2350 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2351 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2352 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2353 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002354 else {
2355 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2356 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2357 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2358 else
2359 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2360 }
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002361
2362 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2363 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2364 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002365 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2366
2367 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgumentLoc, 16> TemplateArgs;
2368 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002369 TemplateArgs);
2370 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2371
2372 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2373 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2374 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
2375 Name, true, Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
2376 TemplateArgs.data(), TemplateArgs.size(),
2377 Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc, DeclPtrTy(),
2378 &SS);
2379 }
2380
2381 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2382 // DeclarationName.
2383 OwningExprResult Result
2384 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2385 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2386 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2387 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2388
2389 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2390 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2391 return move(Result);
2392
2393 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2394 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2395 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2396 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2397 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2398 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2399 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2400 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2401 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2402
2403 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2404 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002405}
2406
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002407Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2408 FunctionDecl *FD,
2409 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2410 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2411 Diag (CallLoc,
2412 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2413 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002414 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002415 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2416 } else {
2417 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2418 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2419
2420 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002421 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002422
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002423 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2424 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002425 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002426
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002427 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002428 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002429 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002430
2431 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002432 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2433 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2434 return ExprError();
2435 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002436
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002437 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002438
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002439 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2440 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2441 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002442 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002443 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002444 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002445 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2446 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2447 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2448 }
2449 }
2450
2451 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2452 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2453}
2454
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002455/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2456/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2457/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2458/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2459/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2460/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002461bool
2462Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002463 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002464 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002465 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2466 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002467 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002468 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2469 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2470 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002471 bool Invalid = false;
2472
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002473 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2474 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2475 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2476 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2477 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2478 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2479 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2480 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002481 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002482 }
2483
2484 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2485 // them.
2486 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2487 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2488 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2489 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2490 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2491 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2492 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2493 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002494 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002495 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002496 }
2497 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2498 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002499
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002500 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2501 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2502 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002503
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002504 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002505 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002506 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002507
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002508 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2509 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002510 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2511 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002512 return true;
2513
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002514 // Pass the argument.
2515 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2516 return true;
Anders Carlsson03d8ed42009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002517
Anders Carlsson4b3cbea2009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002518 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2519 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002520 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002521 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002522
2523 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002524 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2525 FDecl, Param);
2526 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2527 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002528
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002529 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002530 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002531
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002532 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2533 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002534
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002535 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2536 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002537 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2538 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2539 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2540 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2541 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2542
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002543 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Eli Friedman3e42ffd2009-11-14 04:43:10 +00002544 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002545 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002546 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002547 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2548 }
2549 }
2550
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002551 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002552}
2553
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002554/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2555/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2556/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2557/// template arguments, etc.
2558void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2559 NamedDecl *&Function,
2560 DeclarationName &Name,
2561 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2562 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2563 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2564 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002565 const TemplateArgumentLoc *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002566 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2567 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2568 Function = 0;
2569 Name = DeclarationName();
2570 Qualifier = 0;
2571 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2572 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2573 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2574
2575 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2576 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2577 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2578 while (true) {
2579 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2580 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2581 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2582 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2583 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2584 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2585 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2586 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2587 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2588 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2589 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002590 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2591 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002592 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) {
2593 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2594 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2595 }
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002596 break;
2597 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2598 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2599 Name = DepName->getName();
2600 break;
2601 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2602 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2603 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2604 if (!Function)
2605 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2606 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2607 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2608 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2609
2610 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2611 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2612 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2613 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2614 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2615 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2616 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2617 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2618 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2619 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2620 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2621 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2622 //
2623 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2624 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2625 // is still possible.
2626 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2627 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2628 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2629 }
2630 break;
2631 } else {
2632 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2633 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2634 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2635 break;
2636 }
2637 }
2638}
2639
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002640/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002641/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2642/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002643Action::OwningExprResult
2644Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2645 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002646 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002647 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002648
2649 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2650 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002651
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002652 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002653 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002654 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002655 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002656 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002657 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002658
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002659 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002660 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2661 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2662 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2663 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2664 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2665 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2666 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2667 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002668
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002669 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2670 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002672 NumArgs = 0;
2673 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002674
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002675 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2676 RParenLoc));
2677 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002678
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002679 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002680 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002681 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2682 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002683 bool Dependent = false;
2684 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2685 Dependent = true;
2686 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2687 Dependent = true;
2688
2689 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002690 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002691 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2692
2693 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2694 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2695 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2696 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2697
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002698 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002699 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2700 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2701 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2702 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2703 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2704 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2705 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002706 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2707 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002708 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002709
2710 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2711 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2712 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2713 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002714 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2715 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2716 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002717
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002718 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2719 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2720 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2721 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002722
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002723 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2724 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2725 TheCall.get(), 0))
2726 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002727
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002728 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2729 RParenLoc))
2730 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002731
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002732 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2733 }
2734 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2735 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2736 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002737 }
2738 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002739 }
2740
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002741 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002742 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002743 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002744 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002745 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002746 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002747 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002748 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2749 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2750 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2751 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2752 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002753
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002754 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002755 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002756 if (NDecl) {
2757 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2758 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002759 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2760 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002761 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2762 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002763 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002764
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002765 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002766 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002767 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002768 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002769 ADL = false;
2770
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002771 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2772 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2773 ADL = false;
2774
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002775 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002777 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2778 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2779 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002780 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002781 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002782 if (!FDecl)
2783 return ExprError();
2784
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00002785 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002786 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002787 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002788
2789 // Promote the function operand.
2790 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2791
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002792 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2793 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002794 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2795 Args, NumArgs,
2796 Context.BoolTy,
2797 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002798
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002799 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2800 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2801 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2802 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002803 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002804 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002805 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2806 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002807 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002808 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002809 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002810 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002811 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002812 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002813 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2814 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2815
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002816 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002817 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2818 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2819 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002820 return ExprError();
2821
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002822 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002823 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002824
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002825 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002826 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002827 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002828 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002829 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002830 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002831
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002832 if (FDecl) {
2833 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2834 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2835 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002836 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002837 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002838 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002839 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2840 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2841 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2842 }
2843 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002844 }
2845
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002846 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002847 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2848 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2849 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002850 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2851 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002852 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2853 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002854 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002855 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002856 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002857 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002858
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002859 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2860 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002861 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2862 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002863
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002864 // Check for sentinels
2865 if (NDecl)
2866 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002867
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002868 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002869 if (FDecl) {
2870 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2871 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002872
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002873 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002874 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2875 } else if (NDecl) {
2876 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2877 return ExprError();
2878 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002879
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002880 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002881}
2882
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002883Action::OwningExprResult
2884Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2885 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002886 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002887 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2888 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002889 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002890 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002891 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002892
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002893 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002894 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002895 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2896 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002897 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2898 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002899 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002900 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002901 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002902 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002903
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002904 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002905 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002906 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002907
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002908 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002909 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002910 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002911 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002912 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002913 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002914 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002915 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002916}
2917
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002918Action::OwningExprResult
2919Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002920 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2921 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2922 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002923
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002924 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002925 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002926
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002927 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002928 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002929 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002930 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002931}
2932
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00002933static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
2934 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002935 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00002936 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
2937
2938 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
2939 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
2940 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
2941 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
2942 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
2943 }
2944
2945 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
2946 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
2947 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
2948 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
2949 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
2950 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
2951 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
2952 }
2953
2954 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
2955 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
2956 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
2957 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
2958 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
2959 }
2960
2961 // FIXME: Assert here.
2962 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
2963 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
2964}
2965
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002966/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002967bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002968 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00002969 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
2970 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002971 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00002972 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
2973 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002974
Eli Friedman199ea952009-08-15 19:02:19 +00002975 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002976
2977 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2978 // type needs to be scalar.
2979 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2980 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00002981 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
2982 return false;
2983 }
2984
2985 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002986 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002987 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2988 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002989 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002990 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2991 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00002992 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00002993 return false;
2994 }
2995
2996 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002997 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002998 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002999 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003000 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003001 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003002 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3003 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003004 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3005 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3006 break;
3007 }
3008 }
3009 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3010 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3011 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003012 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003013 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003014 }
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003015
3016 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3017 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3018 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3019 }
3020
3021 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3022 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003023 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3024 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003025 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003026 }
3027
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003028 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3029 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3030
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003031 if (castType->isVectorType())
3032 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3033 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3034 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3035
3036 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003037 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003038
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003039 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3040 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3041
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003042 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003043 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3044 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3045 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3046 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3047 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3048 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3049 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3050 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3051 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3052 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003053 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003054
3055 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003056 return false;
3057}
3058
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003059bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3060 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003061 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003062
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003063 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003064 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003065 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003066 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003067 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003068 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003069 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003070 } else
3071 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003072 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003073 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003074
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003075 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003076 return false;
3077}
3078
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003079bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3080 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003081 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003082
3083 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3084
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003085 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3086 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003087 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3088 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3089 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3090 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003091 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003092 return false;
3093 }
3094
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003095 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003096 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3097 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003098 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3099 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3100 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3101 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003102
3103 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3104 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3105 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003106
3107 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003108 return false;
3109}
3110
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003111Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003112Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003113 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003114 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003115
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003116 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3117 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003118
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003119 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003120 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3121 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003122
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003123 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3124 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3125 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003126 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003127 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003128 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003129 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003130
3131 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003132 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003133 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003134
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003135 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3136 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003137
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003138 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3139 } else {
3140 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003141 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003142
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003143 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003144 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003145 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003146}
3147
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003148/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3149/// of comma binary operators.
3150Action::OwningExprResult
3151Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3152 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3153 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3154 if (!E)
3155 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003156
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003157 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003158
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003159 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3160 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3161 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003162
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003163 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3164}
3165
3166Action::OwningExprResult
3167Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3168 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3169 QualType Ty) {
3170 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003171
3172 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003173 // then handle it as such.
3174 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3175 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3176 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3177 return ExprError();
3178 }
3179
3180 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3181 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3182 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3183
3184 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3185 // braces instead of the original commas.
3186 Op.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003187 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003188 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3189 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003190 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003191 Owned(E));
3192 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003193 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003194 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3195 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3196 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3197 }
3198}
3199
3200Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3201 SourceLocation R,
3202 MultiExprArg Val) {
3203 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3204 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3205 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3206 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3207 return Owned(expr);
3208}
3209
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003210/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3211/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003212/// C99 6.5.15
3213QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3214 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003215 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3216 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3217 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3218
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003219 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3220
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003221 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3222 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3223 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3224 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3225 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3226 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003227
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003228 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003229 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3230 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3231 << CondTy;
3232 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003233 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003234
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003235 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003236 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3237 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003238
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003239 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3240 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003241 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3242 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3243 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003244 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003245
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003246 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3247 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003248 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3249 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003250 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003251 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003252 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003253 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003254 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003255 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003256
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003257 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003258 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003259 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3260 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3261 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3262 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3263 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3264 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3265 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003266 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3267 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003268 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003269 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003270 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3271 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003272 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003273 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003274 // promote the null to a pointer.
3275 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003276 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003277 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003278 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003279 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003280 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003281 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003282 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003283 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3284 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3285 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3286 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3287 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003288 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003289 return LHSTy;
3290 }
3291 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3292 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003293 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003294 return RHSTy;
3295 }
3296 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3297 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3298 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003299 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003300 return LHSTy;
3301 }
3302 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3303 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003304 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003305 return RHSTy;
3306 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003307 // Handle block pointer types.
3308 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3309 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3310 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3311 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003312 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3313 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003314 return destType;
3315 }
3316 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3317 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3318 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003319 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003320 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3321 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3322 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003323 return LHSTy;
3324 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003325 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003326 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3327 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003328
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003329 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3330 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003331 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3332 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3333 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3334 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3335 // to get a consistent AST.
3336 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003337 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3338 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003339 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003340 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003341 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003342 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3343 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003344 return LHSTy;
3345 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003346 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003347 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003348
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003349 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3350 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3351 return LHSTy;
3352 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003353 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3354 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003355 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003356
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003357 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3358 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3359 // type. This allows
3360 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3361 // where B is a subclass of A.
3362 //
3363 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3364 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3365 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3366 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3367
3368 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3369 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003370 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003371 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003372 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003373 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003374 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003375 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003376 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003377 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003378 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3379 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3380 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3381 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3382 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003383 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003384 } else if (!(compositeType =
3385 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3386 ;
3387 else {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003388 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3389 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3390 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3391 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003392 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3393 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003394 return incompatTy;
3395 }
3396 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003397 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3398 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003399 return compositeType;
3400 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003401 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3402 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003403 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003404 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003405 QualType destPointee
3406 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003407 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003408 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3409 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3410 // Promote to void*.
3411 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003412 return destType;
3413 }
3414 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003415 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003416 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003417 QualType destPointee
3418 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003419 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003420 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3421 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3422 // Promote to void*.
3423 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003424 return destType;
3425 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003426 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3427 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3428 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003429 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3430 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003431
3432 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3433 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3434 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003435 QualType destPointee
3436 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003437 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003438 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3439 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3440 // Promote to void*.
3441 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003442 return destType;
3443 }
3444 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003445 QualType destPointee
3446 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003447 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003448 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003449 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003450 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003451 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003452 return destType;
3453 }
3454
3455 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3456 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3457 return LHSTy;
3458 }
3459 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3460 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3461 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3462 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3463 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3464 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3465 // to get a consistent AST.
3466 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003467 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3468 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003469 return incompatTy;
3470 }
3471 // The pointer types are compatible.
3472 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3473 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3474 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3475 // type.
3476 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3477 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003478 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3479 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003480 return LHSTy;
3481 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003482
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003483 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3484 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3485 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3486 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003487 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003488 return RHSTy;
3489 }
3490 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3491 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3492 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003493 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003494 return LHSTy;
3495 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003496
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003497 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003498 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3499 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003500 return QualType();
3501}
3502
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003503/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003504/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003505Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3506 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3507 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3508 ExprArg RHS) {
3509 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3510 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003511
3512 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3513 // was the condition.
3514 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3515 if (isLHSNull)
3516 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003517
3518 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003519 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003520 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003521 return ExprError();
3522
3523 Cond.release();
3524 LHS.release();
3525 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003526 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003527 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003528 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003529}
3530
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003531// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003532// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003533// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3534// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3535// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003536Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003537Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3538 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003539
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003540 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3541 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3542 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3543 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3544 return Compatible;
3545 }
3546
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003547 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003548 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3549 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003550
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003551 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003552 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3553 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003554
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003555 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003556
3557 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3558 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3559 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003560 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003561 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003562 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003563
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003564 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3565 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003566 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003567 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003568 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003569 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003570
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003571 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003572 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3573 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003574 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003575
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003576 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003577 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003578 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003579
3580 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003581 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3582 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003583 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003584 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003585 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003586 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3587 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3588 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3589 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3590 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3591 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003592 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003593 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003594 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003595 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003596
3597 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003598 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003599 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003600 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003601
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003602 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3603 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3604 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3605 // warning can be disabled.
3606 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3607 return ConvTy;
3608 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3609 }
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003610
3611 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3612 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3613 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3614 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3615 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3616 do {
3617 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3618 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3619
3620 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3621 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3622 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3623
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003624 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003625 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003626 }
3627
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003628 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003629 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003630 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003631 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003632}
3633
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003634/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3635/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3636/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3637// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003638Sema::AssignConvertType
3639Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003640 QualType rhsType) {
3641 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003642
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003643 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003644 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3645 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003646
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003647 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3648 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3649 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003650
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003651 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003652
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003653 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003654 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003655 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003656
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003657 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003659 return ConvTy;
3660}
3661
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003662/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3663/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003664/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3665///
3666/// int a, *pint;
3667/// short *pshort;
3668/// struct foo *pfoo;
3669///
3670/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3671/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3672/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3673/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3674///
3675/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003677///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003678Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003679Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003680 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3681 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003682 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3683 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003684
3685 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003686 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003687
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003688 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3689 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3690 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3691 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3692 return Compatible;
3693 }
3694
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003695 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3696 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3697 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3698 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3699 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3700 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3701 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003702 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003703 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003704 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003705 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003706 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003707 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3708 // to the same ExtVector type.
3709 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3710 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3711 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3712 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3713 return Compatible;
3714 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003715
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003716 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003717 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003718 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003719 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003720 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3721 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003722 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003723 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003724 }
3725 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003726 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003727
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003728 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003729 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003730
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003731 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003732 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003733 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003734
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003735 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003736 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003737
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003738 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003739 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003740 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3741 return Compatible;
3742 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003743 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003744 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3745 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003746 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003747
3748 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003749 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003750 return Compatible;
3751 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003752 return Incompatible;
3753 }
3754
3755 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3756 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003757 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003758
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003759 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003760 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003761 return Compatible;
3762
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003763 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3764 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003765
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003766 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003767 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003768 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003769 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003770 return Incompatible;
3771 }
3772
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003773 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3774 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3775 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003776
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003777 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003778 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003779 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3780 return Compatible;
3781 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003782 }
3783 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003784 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3785 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003786 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3787 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003788 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3789 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003790 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003791 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003792 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003793 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3794 return Compatible;
3795 }
3796 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3797 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3798 return Compatible;
3799 return Incompatible;
3800 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003801 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003802 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003803 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3804 return Compatible;
3805
3806 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003807 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003808
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003809 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003810 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003811
3812 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003813 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003814 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003815 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003816 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003817 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3818 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3819 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3820 return Compatible;
3821
3822 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3823 return PointerToInt;
3824
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003825 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003826 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003827 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3828 return Compatible;
3829 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003830 }
3831 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003832 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003833 return Compatible;
3834 return Incompatible;
3835 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003836
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003837 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003838 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003839 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003840 }
3841 return Incompatible;
3842}
3843
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003844/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3845/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003846static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003847 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3848 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3849 // of the transparent union.
3850 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3851 &E, 1,
3852 SourceLocation());
3853 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3854 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3855
3856 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3857 // union type from this initializer list.
3858 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3859 false);
3860}
3861
3862Sema::AssignConvertType
3863Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3864 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3865
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003866 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003867 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3868 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003869 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003870 return Incompatible;
3871
3872 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3873 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3874 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3875 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003876 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3877 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003878 it != itend; ++it) {
3879 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3880 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3881 // 1) void pointer
3882 // 2) null pointer constant
3883 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003884 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003885 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003886 InitField = *it;
3887 break;
3888 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003889
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003890 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3891 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003892 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003893 InitField = *it;
3894 break;
3895 }
3896 }
3897
3898 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3899 == Compatible) {
3900 InitField = *it;
3901 break;
3902 }
3903 }
3904
3905 if (!InitField)
3906 return Incompatible;
3907
3908 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3909 return Compatible;
3910}
3911
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003912Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003913Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003914 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3915 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3916 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3917 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3918 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003919 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3920 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003921 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003922 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003923 }
3924
3925 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3926 // structures.
3927 }
3928
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003929 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3930 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003931 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3932 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003933 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003934 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3935 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003936 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003937 return Compatible;
3938 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003939
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003940 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003941 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00003942 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003943 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003944 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003945 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003946 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3947 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003948
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003949 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3950 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003951
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003952 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3953 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003954 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3955 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3956 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3957 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003958 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003959 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
3960 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003961 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003962}
3963
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003964QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003965 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003966 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003967 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003968 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003969}
3970
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003971inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003972 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003973 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003974 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003975 QualType lhsType =
3976 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3977 QualType rhsType =
3978 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003979
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003980 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003981 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003982 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003983
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003984 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3985 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003986 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3987 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003988 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3989 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003990 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003991 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003992 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003993 }
3994 }
3995 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003996
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003997 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3998 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3999 bool swapped = false;
4000 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4001 swapped = true;
4002 std::swap(rex, lex);
4003 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4004 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004005
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004006 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004007 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004008 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4009 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4010 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004011 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004012 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4013 return lhsType;
4014 }
4015 }
4016 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4017 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4018 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004019 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004020 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4021 return lhsType;
4022 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004023 }
4024 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004025
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004026 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004027 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004028 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004029 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004030 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004031}
4032
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004033inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004034 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004035 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004036 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004037
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004038 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004039
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004040 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004041 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004042 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004043}
4044
4045inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004046 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004047 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4048 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4049 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4050 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4051 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004052
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004053 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004054
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004055 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004056 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004057 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004058}
4059
4060inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004061 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004062 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4063 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4064 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4065 return compType;
4066 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004067
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004068 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004069
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004070 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004071 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4072 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4073 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004074 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004075 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004076
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004077 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4078 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004079 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004080 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4081
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004082 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004083
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004084 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004085 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004086
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004087 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4088 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004089 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4090 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004091 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004092 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004093 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004094
4095 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4096 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4097 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004098 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004099 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4100 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4101 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4102 return QualType();
4103 }
4104
4105 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4106 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4107 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004108 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004109 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004110 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004111 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004112 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4113 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4115 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004116 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004117 return QualType();
4118 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004119 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4120 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4121 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4122 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4123 return QualType();
4124 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004125
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004126 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004127 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4128 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4129 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4130 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4131 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004132 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004133 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4134 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004135 return PExp->getType();
4136 }
4137 }
4138
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004139 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004140}
4141
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004142// C99 6.5.6
4143QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004144 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4145 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4146 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4147 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4148 return compType;
4149 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004150
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004151 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004152
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004153 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004154
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004155 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004156 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4157 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004158 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004159 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004160 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004161
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004162 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004163 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004164 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004165
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004166 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004167
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004168 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4169 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4170 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4171 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4172 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4173 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4174 return QualType();
4175 }
4176
4177 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4178 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4179 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4180 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4181 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004182 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004183 return QualType();
4184 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004185
4186 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4187 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4188 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004189 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004190 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004191 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004192 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004193 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004194
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004195 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4196 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4197 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4198 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4199 return QualType();
4200 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004201
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004202 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004203 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4204 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4205 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4206 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4207 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4208 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004209 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004210 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4211
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004212 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004213 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004214 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004215
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004216 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004217 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004218 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004219
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004220 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4221 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4222 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4223 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4224 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4225 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4226 return QualType();
4227 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004228
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004229 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4230 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4231 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4232 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004233 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004234 return QualType();
4235 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004236
4237 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4238 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4239 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4240 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4241 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004242 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4243 << rex->getSourceRange()
4244 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004245 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004246
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004247 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4248 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4249 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4250 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4251 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4252 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4253 return QualType();
4254 }
4255 } else {
4256 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4257 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4258 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4259 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4260 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4261 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4262 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4263 return QualType();
4264 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004265 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004266
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004267 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4268 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4269 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4270 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4271 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004272 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004273 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004274
4275 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004276 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4277 }
4278 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004279
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004280 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004281}
4282
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004283// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004284QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004285 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004286 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4287 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004288 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004289
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004290 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4291 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4292 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4293
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004294 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4295 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004296 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4297 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4298 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4299 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4300 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004301 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004302 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004303 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004304
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004305 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004306
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004307 // Sanity-check shift operands
4308 llvm::APSInt Right;
4309 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004310 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4311 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004312 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004313 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4314 else {
4315 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4316 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4317 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4318 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4319 }
4320 }
4321
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004322 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004323 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004324}
4325
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004326/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4327///
4328/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4329/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4330/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004331/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4332/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004333void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004334 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCall7d62a8f2009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004335 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4336 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4337 return;
4338
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004339 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4340
4341 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4342 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4343 return;
4344
Sebastian Redl732429c2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004345 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4346 // chance at instantiation time.
4347 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4348 return;
4349
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004350 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4351 // signed operand.
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004352 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004353 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4354 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4355 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004356 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004357 } else {
4358 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4359 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004360 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004361 }
4362
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004363 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004364 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4365 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004366 // of the comparison will be exact.
4367 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4368 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4369 return;
4370
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004371 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4372 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4373 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004374 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004375 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4376
4377 if (value.isNonNegative())
4378 return;
4379 }
4380
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004381 if (Equality) {
4382 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004383 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4384 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4385 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004386 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4387 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4388
4389 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4390 if (value.isNonNegative())
4391 return;
4392 }
4393 }
4394
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004395 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004396 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4397 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4398}
4399
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004400// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004401QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004402 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4403 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4404
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004405 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004406 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004407
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004408 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4409 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004410
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004411 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004412 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4413 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4414 else {
4415 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4416 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4417 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004418 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4419 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004421 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4422 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004423 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4424 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4425 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004426 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004427 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004428 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4429 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4430 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4431 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004432 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4433 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004434 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004435
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004436 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4437 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4438 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4439 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004440
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004441 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4442 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004443 Expr *literalString = 0;
4444 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004445 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004446 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4447 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004448 literalString = lex;
4449 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004450 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4451 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004452 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4453 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004454 literalString = rex;
4455 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4456 }
4457
4458 if (literalString) {
4459 std::string resultComparison;
4460 switch (Opc) {
4461 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4462 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4463 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4464 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4465 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4466 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4467 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4468 }
4469 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4470 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4471 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004472 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4473 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4474 "strcmp(")
4475 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4476 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004477 resultComparison);
4478 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004479 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004480
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004481 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004482 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004483
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004484 if (isRelational) {
4485 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004486 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004487 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004488 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004489 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004490 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004491 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004492 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004493
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004494 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004495 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004496 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004497
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004498 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4499 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4500 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4501 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004503 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4504 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4505 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004506 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004507 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004508 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004509 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004510 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004511
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004512 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004513 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4514 return ResultTy;
4515
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004516 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4517 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4518 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4519 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4520 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4521 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004522 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004523 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004524 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004525 if (T.isNull()) {
4526 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4527 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4528 return QualType();
4529 }
4530
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004531 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4532 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004533 return ResultTy;
4534 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004535 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4536 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4537 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4538 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4539 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4540 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4541 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4542 }
4543 } else if (!isRelational &&
4544 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4545 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4546 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4547 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4548 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4549 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4550 }
4551 } else {
4552 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004553 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004554 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004555 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004556 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004557 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004558 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004559 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004560
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004561 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004562 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004563 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004564 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004565 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4566 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004567 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004568 return ResultTy;
4569 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004570 if (LHSIsNull &&
4571 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4572 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004573 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004574 return ResultTy;
4575 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004576
4577 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004578 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004579 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4580 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004581 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4582 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4583 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4584 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4585 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4586 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4587 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4588 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004589 // types.
4590 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4591 if (T.isNull()) {
4592 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4593 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4594 return QualType();
4595 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004596
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004597 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4598 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004599 return ResultTy;
4600 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004601
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004602 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004603 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4604 return ResultTy;
4605 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004606
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004607 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004608 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004609 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4610 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004611
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004612 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004613 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004614 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004615 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004616 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004617 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004618 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004619 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004620 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004621 if (!isRelational
4622 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4623 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004624 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004625 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004626 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004627 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004628 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4629 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4630 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004631 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004632 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004633 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004634 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004635
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004636 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004637 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004638 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4639 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004640 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004641 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004642 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004643 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004644
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004645 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4646 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004647 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004648 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004649 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004650 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004651 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004652 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004653 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004654 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004655 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4656 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004657 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004658 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004659 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004660 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004661 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004662 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4663 if (RHSIsNull) {
4664 if (isRelational)
4665 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4666 } else if (isRelational)
4667 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4668 else
4669 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004670
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004671 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004672 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004673 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004674 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004675 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004676 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004677 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004678 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004679 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4680 if (LHSIsNull) {
4681 if (isRelational)
4682 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4683 } else if (isRelational)
4684 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4685 else
4686 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004687
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004688 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004689 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004690 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004691 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004692 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004693 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004694 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004695 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004696 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4697 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004698 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004699 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004700 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004701 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4702 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004703 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004704 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004705 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004706 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004707}
4708
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004709/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004710/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004711/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4712/// types.
4713QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004714 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004715 bool isRelational) {
4716 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4717 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004718 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004719 if (vType.isNull())
4720 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004721
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004722 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4723 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004724
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004725 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4726 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4727 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4728 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4729 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4730 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4731 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004732 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004733 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004734
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004735 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4736 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4737 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004738 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004739 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004740
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004741 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4742 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4743 // elements for floating point vectors.
4744 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4745 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004746
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004747 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004748 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004749 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004750 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004751 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004752 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4753
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004754 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004755 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004756 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4757}
4758
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004759inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004760 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004761 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004762 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004763
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004764 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004765
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004766 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004767 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004768 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004769}
4770
4771inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004772 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004773 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4774 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004775
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004776 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4777 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4778
4779 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4780 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4781 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4782 return Context.BoolTy;
4783 }
4784
4785 return Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004786}
4787
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004788/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4789/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4790/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4791///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004792static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004793 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4794 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4795 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4796 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004797 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004798 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4799 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4800 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4801 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004802 }
4803 }
4804 return false;
4805}
4806
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004807/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4808/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4809static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004810 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004811 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004812 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004813 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4814 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004815 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4816 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004817
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004818 unsigned Diag = 0;
4819 bool NeedType = false;
4820 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4821 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4822 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004823 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004824 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4825 NeedType = true;
4826 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004827 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004828 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4829 NeedType = true;
4830 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004831 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004832 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4833 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004834 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004835 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4836 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004837 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4838 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004839 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004840 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4841 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004842 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004843 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4844 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004845 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004846 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4847 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004848 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4849 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4850 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004851 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4852 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4853 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004854 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004855
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004856 SourceRange Assign;
4857 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4858 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004859 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004860 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004861 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004862 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004863 return true;
4864}
4865
4866
4867
4868// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004869QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4870 SourceLocation Loc,
4871 QualType CompoundType) {
4872 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4873 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004874 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004875
4876 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4877 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004878
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004879 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004880 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004881 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004882 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004883 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4884 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4885 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004886 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004887 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004888 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004889 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004890
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004891 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4892 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4893 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004894 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004895 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4896 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4897 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4898 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4899 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004900 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004901 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004902 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4903 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4904 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004905 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4906 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004907 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4908 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4909 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004910 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004911 }
4912 } else {
4913 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004914 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004915 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004916
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004917 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4918 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004919 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004920
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004921 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4922 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004923 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004924 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4925 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004926 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004927 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004928 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004929}
4930
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004931// C99 6.5.17
4932QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004933 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004934 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004935
4936 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4937 // incomplete in C++).
4938
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004939 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004940}
4941
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004942/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4943/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004944QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4945 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004946 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4947 return Context.DependentTy;
4948
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004949 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4950 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004951
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004952 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4953 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4954 if (!isInc) {
4955 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4956 return QualType();
4957 }
4958 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4959 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4960 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004961 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004962 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4963 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004964
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004965 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004966 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004967 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4968 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4969 << Op->getSourceRange();
4970 return QualType();
4971 }
4972
4973 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004974 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004975 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004976 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4977 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4978 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4979 return QualType();
4980 }
4981
4982 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004983 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004984 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004985 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004986 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004987 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004988 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004989 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4990 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4991 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4992 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4993 return QualType();
4994 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004995 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4996 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4997 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004998 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004999 } else {
5000 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005001 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005002 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005003 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005004 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005005 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005006 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005007 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005008 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005009}
5010
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005011/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005012/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005013/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5014/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5015/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5016/// - &(x) => x
5017/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5018/// - &s.xx => s
5019/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5020/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5021/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5022/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005023static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005024 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005025 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005026 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005027 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005028 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5029 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5030 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005031 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005032 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005033 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005034 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005035 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005036 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5037 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005038 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5039 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5040 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5041 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5042 }
5043 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005044 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005045 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5046 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005047
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005048 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005049 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5050 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5051 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5052 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5053 default:
5054 return 0;
5055 }
5056 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005057 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005058 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005059 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005060 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5061 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005062 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005063 default:
5064 return 0;
5065 }
5066}
5067
5068/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005069/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005070/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005071/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005072/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005073/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005074/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005075QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005076 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5077 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5078
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005079 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5080 return Context.DependentTy;
5081
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005082 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5083 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5084 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5085 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5086 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5087 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5088 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5089 }
5090 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5091 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5092 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005093 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005094 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005095
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005096 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5097 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005098 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005099 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005100 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005101 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5102 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005103 return QualType();
5104 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005105 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005106 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5107 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5108 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005109 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005110 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5111 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005112 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005113 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005114 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005115 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005116 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5117 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5118 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5119 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5120 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005121 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5122 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005123 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5124 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005125 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005126 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005127 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5128 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
5129 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005130 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5131 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005132 return QualType();
5133 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005134 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5135 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005136 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005137 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005138 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005139 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5140 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005141 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005142 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005143 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5144 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005145 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005146 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5147 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5148 return QualType();
5149 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005150
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005151 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5152 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005153 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005154 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005155 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005156 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005157 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005158 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5159 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005160 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5161 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5162 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005163 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005164 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005165
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005166 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5167 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5168 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5169 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5170 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5171 }
5172
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005173 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
5174 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
5175}
5176
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005177QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005178 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5179 return Context.DependentTy;
5180
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005181 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5182 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005183
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005184 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5185 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5186 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5187 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005188 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005189 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005190
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005191 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005192 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005193
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005194 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005195 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005196 return QualType();
5197}
5198
5199static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5200 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5201 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5202 switch (Kind) {
5203 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005204 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5205 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005206 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5207 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5208 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5209 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5210 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5211 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5212 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5213 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5214 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5215 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5216 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5217 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5218 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5219 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5220 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5221 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5222 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5223 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5224 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5225 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5226 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5227 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5228 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5229 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5230 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5231 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5232 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5233 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5234 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5235 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5236 }
5237 return Opc;
5238}
5239
5240static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5241 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5242 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5243 switch (Kind) {
5244 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5245 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5246 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5247 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5248 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5249 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5250 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5251 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5252 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005253 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5254 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
5255 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
5256 }
5257 return Opc;
5258}
5259
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005260/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5261/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5262/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005263Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5264 unsigned Op,
5265 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005266 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005267 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005268 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5269 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5270 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005271
5272 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005273 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5274 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5275 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005276 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5277 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5278 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5279 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5280 break;
5281 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005282 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5283 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5284 break;
5285 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5286 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5287 break;
5288 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5289 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5290 break;
5291 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5292 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5293 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005294 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005295 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5296 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5297 break;
5298 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5299 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5300 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5301 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005302 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005303 break;
5304 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5305 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005306 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005307 break;
5308 case BinaryOperator::And:
5309 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5310 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5311 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5312 break;
5313 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5314 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5315 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5316 break;
5317 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5318 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005319 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5320 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5321 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5322 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005323 break;
5324 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005325 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5326 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5327 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5328 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005329 break;
5330 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005331 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5332 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5333 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005334 break;
5335 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005336 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5337 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5338 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005339 break;
5340 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5341 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005342 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5343 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5344 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5345 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005346 break;
5347 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5348 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5349 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005350 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5351 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5352 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5353 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005354 break;
5355 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5356 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5357 break;
5358 }
5359 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005360 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005361 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005362 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5363 else
5364 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005365 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5366 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005367}
5368
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005369/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5370/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005371static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5372 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5373 SourceRange ParenRange)
5374{
5375 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5376 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5377 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5378 // warning/error and return.
5379 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5380 return;
5381 }
5382
5383 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5384 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5385 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5386}
5387
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005388/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5389/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5390/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5391/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005392static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5393 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005394 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5395 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5396 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5397 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005398 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005399 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005400 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5401
5402 // Subs are not binary operators.
5403 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5404 return;
5405
5406 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5407 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005408 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5409 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005410 return;
5411
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005412 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005413 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5414 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005415 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5416 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5417 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5418 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005419 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5420 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005421 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5422 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5423 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005424}
5425
5426/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5427/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5428/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5429static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5430 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005431 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005432 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5433}
5434
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005435// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005436Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5437 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5438 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005439 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005440 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005441
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005442 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5443 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005444
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005445 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5446 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5447
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005448 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5449}
5450
5451Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5452 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5453 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005454 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005455 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005456 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5457 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5458 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5459 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5460 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005461 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005462 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5463 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005464 if (S)
5465 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5466 Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005467 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005468 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005469 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005470 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005471 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005472
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005473 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5474 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005475 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005476 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005477
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005478 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005479 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005480}
5481
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005482Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005483 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005484 ExprArg InputArg) {
5485 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005486
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005487 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005488 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005489 QualType resultType;
5490 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005491 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5492 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5493 break;
5494
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005495 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5496 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005497 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5498 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005499 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005500 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5501 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005502 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005503 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005504 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5505 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005506 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005507 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005508 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5509 break;
5510 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5511 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005512 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5513 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005514 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5515 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005516 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5517 break;
5518 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5519 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5520 break;
5521 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5522 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5523 resultType->isPointerType())
5524 break;
5525
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005526 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5527 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005528 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005529 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5530 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005531 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5532 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005533 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5534 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5535 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005536 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005537 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005538 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005539 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5540 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005541 break;
5542 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5543 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005544 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5545 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005546 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5547 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005548 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005549 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5550 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005551 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005552 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5553 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005554 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005555 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005556 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005557 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005558 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005559 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005560 resultType = Input->getType();
5561 break;
5562 }
5563 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005564 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005565
5566 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005567 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005568}
5569
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005570Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5571 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5572 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005573 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005574 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5575 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005576 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5577 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5578 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5579 // the arguments.
5580 FunctionSet Functions;
5581 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5582 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005583 if (S)
5584 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5585 Functions);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005586 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005587 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005588 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005589 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005590
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005591 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5592 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005593
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005594 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5595}
5596
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005597// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5598Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5599 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5600 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5601}
5602
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005603/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005604Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5605 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5606 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005607 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005608 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005609
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005610 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5611 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005612 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005613 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005614
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005615 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005616 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5617 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005618}
5619
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005620Sema::OwningExprResult
5621Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5622 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5623 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005624 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5625 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5626
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005627 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005628 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005629 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005630
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005631 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5632 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5633 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005634
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005635 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5636 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5637 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005638
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005639 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5640 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5641 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5642 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5643 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005644
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005645 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005646 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005647 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005648
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005649 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5650 // expressions are not lvalues.
5651
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005652 substmt.release();
5653 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005654}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005655
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005656Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5657 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5658 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5659 TypeTy *argty,
5660 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5661 unsigned NumComponents,
5662 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5663 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5664 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005665 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5666 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005667 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005668
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005669 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5670
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005671 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5672 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5673 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005674 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005675 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005676
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005677 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5678 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005679
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005680 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5681 // the offsetof designators.
5682 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5683 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005684 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005685 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005686
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005687 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5688 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005689 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5690 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005691 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005692 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5693 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005694
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005695 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005696 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005697
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005698 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5699 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5700 return ExprError();
5701
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005702 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5703 // leaks like a sieve.
5704 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5705 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5706 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5707 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5708 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5709 if (!AT) {
5710 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005711 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5712 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005713 }
5714
5715 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5716
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005717 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5718 // expression.
5719 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5720
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005721 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5722 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005723 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005724 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005725 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005726 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005727 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005728
5729 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5730 OC.LocEnd);
5731 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005732 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005733
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005734 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005735 if (!RC) {
5736 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005737 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5738 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005739 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005740
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005741 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5742 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005743 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005744 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005745 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5746 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5747 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005748 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5749 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005750 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005751
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005752 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
5753 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005754
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005755 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005756 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005757 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005758 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005759 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5760 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005761
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005762 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5763 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005764 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005765 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00005766 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005767 } else {
5768 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5769 // doesn't matter here.
5770 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5771 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5772 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005773 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005774 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005775
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005776 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5777 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005778}
5779
5780
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005781Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5782 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5783 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005784 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5785 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5786 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005787
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005788 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005789
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005790 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5791 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5792 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5793 return ExprError();
5794 }
5795
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005796 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5797 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005798}
5799
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005800Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5801 ExprArg cond,
5802 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5803 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5804 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5805 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5806 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005807
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005808 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5809
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005810 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005811 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005812 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005813 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005814 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005815 } else {
5816 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5817 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5818 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5819 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005820 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5821 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5822 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005823
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005824 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5825 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005826 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5827 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005828 }
5829
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005830 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5831 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005832 resType, RPLoc,
5833 resType->isDependentType(),
5834 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005835}
5836
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005837//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5838// Clang Extensions.
5839//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5840
5841/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005842void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005843 // Analyze block parameters.
5844 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005845
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005846 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5847 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5848 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005849
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005850 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005851 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005852 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005853 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005854 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5855 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005856
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005857 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005858 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005859}
5860
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005861void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005862 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005863
5864 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5865 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005866 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005867 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5868
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005869 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5870 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5871 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5872 return;
5873 }
5874
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005875 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5876 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5877 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5878
5879 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5880 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005881 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005882 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005883 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005884 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005885 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5886 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005887 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005888
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005889 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5890 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5891 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5892 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5893 return;
5894 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005895 return;
5896 }
5897
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005898 // Analyze arguments to block.
5899 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5900 "Not a function declarator!");
5901 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005902
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005903 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5904 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005905
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005906 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5907 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5908 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5909 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005910 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5911 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005912 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005913 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005914 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5915 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005916 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005917 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005918 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005919 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005920 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005921 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005922 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005923 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5924 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5925 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5926 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5927 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005928
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005929 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005930 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005931 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005932 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005933 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005934 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5935 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005936
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005937 // Analyze the return type.
5938 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005939 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005940
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005941 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5942 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5943 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5944 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5945 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005946 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005947}
5948
5949/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5950/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5951void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5952 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5953 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005954
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005955 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5956
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005957 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005958 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005959 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005960 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005961}
5962
5963/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5964/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005965Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5966 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005967 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5968 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5969 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005970
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005971 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5972 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005973
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005974 PopDeclContext();
5975
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005976 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5977 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005978
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005979 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005980 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5981 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005982
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005983 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5984 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5985 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005986
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005987 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005988 QualType BlockTy;
5989 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005990 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5991 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005992 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005993 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005994 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5995 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005996
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005997 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005998 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005999 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006000
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006001 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6002 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6003 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6004 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006005
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006006 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006007 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006008 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6009 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006010}
6011
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006012Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6013 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6014 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006015 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006016 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6017 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006018
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006019 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006020
6021 // Get the va_list type
6022 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006023 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6024 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6025 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6026 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006027 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006028 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6029 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6030 } else {
6031 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6032 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006033 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006034 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006035 return ExprError();
6036 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006037
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006038 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6039 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006040 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6041 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006042 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006043 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006044
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006045 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006046 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006047
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006048 expr.release();
6049 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6050 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006051}
6052
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006053Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006054 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6055 // pointers on the target.
6056 QualType Ty;
6057 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6058 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6059 else
6060 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6061
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006062 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006063}
6064
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006065static void
6066MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6067 QualType DstType,
6068 Expr *SrcExpr,
6069 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6070 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6071 return;
6072
6073 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6074 if (!PT)
6075 return;
6076
6077 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6078 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6079 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6080 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6081 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6082 return;
6083 }
6084
6085 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6086 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6087 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6088 return;
6089
6090 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6091}
6092
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006093bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6094 SourceLocation Loc,
6095 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6096 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6097 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6098 bool isInvalid = false;
6099 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006100 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6101
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006102 switch (ConvTy) {
6103 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6104 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006105 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006106 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6107 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006108 case IntToPointer:
6109 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6110 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006111 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006112 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006113 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6114 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006115 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6116 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6117 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006118 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6119 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6120 break;
6121 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006122 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6123 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6124 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6125 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6126 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6127 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6128 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6129 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6130 // C++ semantics.
6131 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6132 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6133 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006134 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6135 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006136 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006137 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006138 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006139 case IntToBlockPointer:
6140 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6141 break;
6142 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006143 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006144 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006145 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006146 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006147 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6148 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6149 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006150 case IncompatibleVectors:
6151 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6152 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006153 case Incompatible:
6154 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6155 isInvalid = true;
6156 break;
6157 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006158
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006159 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006160 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006161 return isInvalid;
6162}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006163
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006164bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006165 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6166 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6167 if (Result)
6168 *Result = ICEResult;
6169 return false;
6170 }
6171
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006172 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6173
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006174 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006175 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6176 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6177
6178 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6179 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6180 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6181 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6182 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6183 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6184 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006185
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006186 return true;
6187 }
6188
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006189 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6190 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006191
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006192 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6193 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6194 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006195
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006196 if (Result)
6197 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6198 return false;
6199}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006200
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006201Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6202Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006203 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6204 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6205 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006206
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006207 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6208 return NewContext;
6209}
6210
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006211void
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006212Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6213 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6214 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6215
6216 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6217 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6218 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6219 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6220 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6221 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6222 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006223
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006224 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6225 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6226 I != IEnd; ++I)
6227 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6228 }
6229}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006230
6231/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6232///
6233/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6234/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6235/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6236/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6237///
6238/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6239///
6240/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6241void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6242 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006243
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006244 if (D->isUsed())
6245 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006246
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006247 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6248 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6249 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6250 // -Wunused-parameters)
6251 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6252 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006253 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006254
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006255 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6256 // an instantiation.
6257 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6258 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006259
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006260 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6261 case Unevaluated:
6262 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6263 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006264
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006265 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6266 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6267 // "used"; handle this below.
6268 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006269
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006270 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6271 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6272 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6273 // potentially evaluated.
6274 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6275 return;
6276 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006277
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006278 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006279 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006280 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006281 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6282 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6283 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006284 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006285 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006286 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6287 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6288 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006289 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6290 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6291 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006292
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006293 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6294 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6295 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6296 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6297 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6298 }
6299 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006300 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006301 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006302 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006303 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006304 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6305 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6306 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6307 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6308 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006309 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6310 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006311 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6312 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6313 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6314 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6315 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006316 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6317 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006318 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6319 }
6320
6321 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6322 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6323 }
6324
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006325 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006326 Function->setUsed(true);
6327 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006328 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006329
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006330 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006331 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006332 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006333 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6334 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6335 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6336 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6337 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6338 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6339 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6340 }
6341 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006342
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006343 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006344
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006345 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006346 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006347 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006348}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006349
6350bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6351 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6352 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6353 return false;
6354
6355 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6356 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6357 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6358 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6359
6360 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6361 FD ?
6362 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6363 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6364 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6365 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6366 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6367 return true;
6368
6369 return false;
6370}
6371
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006372// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6373// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6374void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6375 SourceLocation Loc;
6376
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006377 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6378
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006379 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6380 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6381 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6382 return;
6383
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006384 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6385 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6386 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6387 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6388
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006389 // self = [<foo> init...]
6390 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6391 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6392 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6393
6394 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6395 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6396 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6397 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6398 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006399
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006400 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6401 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6402 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6403 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6404 return;
6405
6406 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6407 } else {
6408 // Not an assignment.
6409 return;
6410 }
6411
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006412 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006413 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006414
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006415 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006416 << E->getSourceRange()
6417 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6418 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6419}
6420
6421bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6422 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6423
6424 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6425 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6426
6427 QualType T = E->getType();
6428
6429 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6430 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6431 return true;
6432 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6434 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6435 return true;
6436 }
6437 }
6438
6439 return false;
6440}